ASTContext.cpp revision cd81df2dcff4e13eea6edfbfd52a4458d978d174
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 16#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 17#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 18#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 20#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 21#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 24#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 25#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 26#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 30#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 31#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 32#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 33#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 34#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 35#include "CXXABI.h" 36#include <map> 37 38using namespace clang; 39 40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 41unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 52 53enum FloatingRank { 54 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 55}; 56 57RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 58 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 59 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 60 CommentsLoaded = true; 61 } 62 63 assert(D); 64 65 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 66 if (D->isImplicit()) 67 return NULL; 68 69 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 70 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 71 return NULL; 72 73 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 74 // documentation. 75 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 76 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 77 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 78 return NULL; 79 80 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 81 82 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 83 if (RawComments.empty()) 84 return NULL; 85 86 // Find declaration location. 87 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 88 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 89 // location". 90 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 91 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 92 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 93 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 94 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 95 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 96 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 97 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 98 else 99 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 100 101 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 102 // can't find the comment. 103 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 104 return NULL; 105 106 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 107 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 108 { 109 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 110 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 111 // first. 112 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc)); 113 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 114 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 115 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 116 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 117 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 118 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 119 } 120 121 if (Found) { 122 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 123 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 124 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 125 } else { 126 // Slow path. 127 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 128 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 129 } 130 } 131 132 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 133 // file buffer. 134 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 135 136 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 137 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 138 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 139 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 140 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 141 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 142 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 143 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 144 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 145 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 146 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 147 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 148 (*Comment)->setDecl(D); 149 return *Comment; 150 } 151 } 152 153 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 154 // Let's look at the previous comment. 155 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 156 return NULL; 157 --Comment; 158 159 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 160 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 161 return NULL; 162 163 // Decompose the end of the comment. 164 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 165 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 166 167 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 168 // aren't related. 169 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 170 return NULL; 171 172 // Get the corresponding buffer. 173 bool Invalid = false; 174 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 175 &Invalid).data(); 176 if (Invalid) 177 return NULL; 178 179 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 180 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 181 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 182 183 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 184 // comment and declaration. 185 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 186 return NULL; 187 188 (*Comment)->setDecl(D); 189 return *Comment; 190} 191 192const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(const Decl *D) const { 193 // If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 194 // refer to the actual template. 195 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 196 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 197 D = FTD; 198 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 199 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 200 D = CTD; 201 } 202 // FIXME: Alias templates? 203 204 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 205 { 206 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 207 RedeclComments.find(D); 208 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 209 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 210 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 211 return Raw.getRaw(); 212 } 213 } 214 215 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 216 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 217 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 218 E = D->redecls_end(); 219 I != E; ++I) { 220 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 221 RedeclComments.find(*I); 222 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 223 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 224 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 225 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 226 break; 227 } 228 } else { 229 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 230 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 231 if (RC) { 232 Raw.setRaw(RC); 233 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 234 } else 235 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 236 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 237 if (RC) 238 break; 239 } 240 } 241 242 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 243 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 244 245 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 246 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 247 Raw.setRaw(RC); 248 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 249 250 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 251 E = D->redecls_end(); 252 I != E; ++I) { 253 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 254 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 255 R = Raw; 256 } 257 258 return RC; 259} 260 261comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) const { 262 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D); 263 if (!RC) 264 return NULL; 265 266 return RC->getParsed(*this); 267} 268 269void 270ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 271 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 272 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 273 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 274 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 275 276 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 277 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 278 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 279 PEnd = Params->end(); 280 P != PEnd; ++P) { 281 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 282 ID.AddInteger(0); 283 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 284 continue; 285 } 286 287 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 288 ID.AddInteger(1); 289 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 290 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 291 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 292 ID.AddBoolean(true); 293 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 294 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 295 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 296 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 297 } 298 } else 299 ID.AddBoolean(false); 300 continue; 301 } 302 303 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 304 ID.AddInteger(2); 305 Profile(ID, TTP); 306 } 307} 308 309TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 310ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 311 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 312 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 313 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 314 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 315 void *InsertPos = 0; 316 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 317 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 318 if (Canonical) 319 return Canonical->getParam(); 320 321 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 322 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 323 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 324 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 325 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 326 PEnd = Params->end(); 327 P != PEnd; ++P) { 328 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 329 CanonParams.push_back( 330 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 331 SourceLocation(), 332 SourceLocation(), 333 TTP->getDepth(), 334 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 335 TTP->isParameterPack())); 336 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 337 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 338 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 339 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 340 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 341 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 342 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 343 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 344 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 345 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 346 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 347 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 348 } 349 350 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 351 SourceLocation(), 352 SourceLocation(), 353 NTTP->getDepth(), 354 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 355 T, 356 TInfo, 357 ExpandedTypes.data(), 358 ExpandedTypes.size(), 359 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 360 } else { 361 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 362 SourceLocation(), 363 SourceLocation(), 364 NTTP->getDepth(), 365 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 366 T, 367 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 368 TInfo); 369 } 370 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 371 372 } else 373 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 374 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 375 } 376 377 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 378 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 379 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 380 TTP->getPosition(), 381 TTP->isParameterPack(), 382 0, 383 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 384 SourceLocation(), 385 CanonParams.data(), 386 CanonParams.size(), 387 SourceLocation())); 388 389 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 390 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 391 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 392 (void)Canonical; 393 394 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 395 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 396 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 397 return CanonTTP; 398} 399 400CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 401 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 402 403 switch (T.getCXXABI()) { 404 case CXXABI_ARM: 405 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 406 case CXXABI_Itanium: 407 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 408 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 409 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 410 } 411 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 412} 413 414static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 415 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 416 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 417 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 418 // language-specific address space. 419 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 420 1, // opencl_global 421 2, // opencl_local 422 3, // opencl_constant 423 4, // cuda_device 424 5, // cuda_constant 425 6 // cuda_shared 426 }; 427 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 428 } else { 429 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 430 } 431} 432 433ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 434 const TargetInfo *t, 435 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 436 Builtin::Context &builtins, 437 unsigned size_reserve, 438 bool DelayInitialization) 439 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 440 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 441 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 442 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 443 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 444 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 445 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 446 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 447 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 448 FILEDecl(0), 449 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 450 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 451 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 452 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 453 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 454 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 455 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 456 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 457 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 458 DeclarationNames(*this), 459 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 460 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 461 LastSDM(0, 0), 462 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 463{ 464 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 465 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 466 467 if (!DelayInitialization) { 468 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 469 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 470 } 471} 472 473ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 474 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 475 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 476 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 477 478 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 479 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 480 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 481 482 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 483 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 484 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 485 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 486 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 487 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 488 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 489 R->Destroy(*this); 490 491 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 492 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 493 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 494 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 495 R->Destroy(*this); 496 } 497 498 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 499 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 500 A != AEnd; ++A) 501 A->second->~AttrVec(); 502} 503 504void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 505 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 506} 507 508void 509ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 510 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 511} 512 513void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 514 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 515 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 516 517 unsigned counts[] = { 518#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 519#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 520#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 521 0 // Extra 522 }; 523 524 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 525 Type *T = Types[i]; 526 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 527 } 528 529 unsigned Idx = 0; 530 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 531#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 532 if (counts[Idx]) \ 533 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 534 << " types\n"; \ 535 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 536 ++Idx; 537#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 538#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 539 540 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 541 542 // Implicit special member functions. 543 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 544 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 545 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 546 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 547 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 548 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 549 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 550 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 551 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 552 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 553 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 554 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 555 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 557 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 558 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 559 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 560 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 561 << NumImplicitDestructors 562 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 563 564 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 565 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 566 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 567 } 568 569 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 570} 571 572TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 573 if (!Int128Decl) { 574 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 575 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 576 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 577 SourceLocation(), 578 SourceLocation(), 579 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 580 TInfo); 581 } 582 583 return Int128Decl; 584} 585 586TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 587 if (!UInt128Decl) { 588 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 589 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 590 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 591 SourceLocation(), 592 SourceLocation(), 593 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 594 TInfo); 595 } 596 597 return UInt128Decl; 598} 599 600void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 601 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 602 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 603 Types.push_back(Ty); 604} 605 606void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 607 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 608 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 609 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 610 611 this->Target = &Target; 612 613 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 614 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 615 616 // C99 6.2.5p19. 617 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 618 619 // C99 6.2.5p2. 620 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 621 // C99 6.2.5p3. 622 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 623 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 624 else 625 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 626 // C99 6.2.5p4. 627 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 628 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 629 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 630 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 631 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 632 633 // C99 6.2.5p6. 634 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 635 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 636 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 637 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 638 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 639 640 // C99 6.2.5p10. 641 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 642 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 643 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 644 645 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 646 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 647 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 648 649 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 650 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 651 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 652 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 653 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 654 } else // C99 655 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 656 657 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 658 659 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 660 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 661 else // C99 662 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 663 664 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 665 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 666 else // C99 667 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 668 669 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 670 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 671 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 672 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 673 // expressions. 674 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 675 676 // Placeholder type for functions. 677 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 678 679 // Placeholder type for bound members. 680 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 681 682 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 683 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 684 685 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 686 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 687 688 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 689 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 690 691 // C99 6.2.5p11. 692 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 693 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 694 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 695 696 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 697 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 698 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 699 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 700 701 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 702 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 703 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 704 705 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 706 707 // void * type 708 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 709 710 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 711 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 712 713 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 714 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 715 716 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 717 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 718} 719 720DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 721 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 722} 723 724AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 725 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 726 if (!Result) { 727 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 728 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 729 } 730 731 return *Result; 732} 733 734/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 735void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 736 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 737 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 738 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 739 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 740 } 741} 742 743MemberSpecializationInfo * 744ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 745 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 746 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 747 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 748 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 749 return 0; 750 751 return Pos->second; 752} 753 754void 755ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 756 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 757 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 758 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 759 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 760 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 761 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 762 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 763 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 764} 765 766FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 767 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 768 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 769 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 770 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 771 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 772 return 0; 773 774 return Pos->second; 775} 776 777void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 778 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 779 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 780 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 781 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 782} 783 784NamedDecl * 785ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 786 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 787 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 788 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 789 return 0; 790 791 return Pos->second; 792} 793 794void 795ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 796 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 797 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 798 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 799 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 800 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 801 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 802} 803 804UsingShadowDecl * 805ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 806 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 807 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 808 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 809 return 0; 810 811 return Pos->second; 812} 813 814void 815ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 816 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 817 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 818 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 819} 820 821FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 822 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 823 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 824 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 825 return 0; 826 827 return Pos->second; 828} 829 830void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 831 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 832 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 833 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 834 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 835 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 836 837 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 838} 839 840bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 841 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 842 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 843 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 844} 845 846bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 847 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 848 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 849 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 850 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 851} 852 853bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 854 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 855 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 856 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 857 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 858} 859 860bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 861 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 862 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 863 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 864} 865 866bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 867 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 868 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 869 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 870} 871 872ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 873ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 874 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 875 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 876 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 877 return 0; 878 879 return Pos->second.begin(); 880} 881 882ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 883ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 884 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 885 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 886 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 887 return 0; 888 889 return Pos->second.end(); 890} 891 892unsigned 893ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 894 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 895 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method); 896 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 897 return 0; 898 899 return Pos->second.size(); 900} 901 902void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 903 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 904 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 905} 906 907void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 908 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 909 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 910 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 911 FirstLocalImport = Import; 912 LastLocalImport = Import; 913 return; 914 } 915 916 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 917 LastLocalImport = Import; 918} 919 920//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 921// Type Sizing and Analysis 922//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 923 924/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 925/// scalar floating point type. 926const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 927 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 928 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 929 switch (BT->getKind()) { 930 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 931 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 932 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 933 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 934 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 935 } 936} 937 938/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 939/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 940/// this method will assert on them. 941/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 942/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 943CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 944 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 945 946 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 947 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 948 Align = AlignFromAttr; 949 950 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 951 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 952 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 953 // 954 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 955 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 956 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 957 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 958 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 959 } else { 960 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 961 } 962 } 963 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 964 UseAlignAttrOnly = 965 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 966 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 967 968 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 969 // else about the declaration and its type. 970 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 971 // do nothing 972 973 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 974 QualType T = VD->getType(); 975 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 976 if (RefAsPointee) 977 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 978 else 979 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 980 } 981 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 982 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 983 // large-array alignment on the target. 984 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 985 const ArrayType *arrayType; 986 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 987 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 988 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 989 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 990 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 991 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 992 993 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 994 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 995 } 996 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 997 } 998 999 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1000 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1001 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1002 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1003 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1004 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1005 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1006 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1007 1008 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1009 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1010 1011 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1012 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1013 if (offset > 0) { 1014 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1015 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1016 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1017 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1018 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1019 } 1020 1021 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1022 } 1023 } 1024 1025 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1026} 1027 1028std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1029ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1030 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1031 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1032 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1033} 1034 1035std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1036ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1037 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1038} 1039 1040std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1041 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1042 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1043 return it->second; 1044 1045 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1046 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1047 return Info; 1048} 1049 1050/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1051/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1052/// 1053/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1054/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1055/// should take a QualType, &c. 1056std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1057ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1058 uint64_t Width=0; 1059 unsigned Align=8; 1060 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1061#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1062#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1063#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1064#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1065#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1066 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1067 1068 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1069 case Type::FunctionProto: 1070 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1071 Width = 0; 1072 Align = 32; 1073 break; 1074 1075 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1076 case Type::VariableArray: 1077 Width = 0; 1078 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1079 break; 1080 1081 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1082 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1083 1084 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1085 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1086 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1087 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1088 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1089 Align = EltInfo.second; 1090 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1091 break; 1092 } 1093 case Type::ExtVector: 1094 case Type::Vector: { 1095 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1096 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1097 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1098 Align = Width; 1099 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1100 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1101 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1102 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1103 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1104 } 1105 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1106 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1107 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1108 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1109 break; 1110 } 1111 1112 case Type::Builtin: 1113 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1114 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1115 case BuiltinType::Void: 1116 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1117 Width = 0; 1118 Align = 8; 1119 break; 1120 1121 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1122 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1123 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1124 break; 1125 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1126 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1127 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1128 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1129 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1130 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1131 break; 1132 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1133 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1134 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1135 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1136 break; 1137 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1138 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1139 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1140 break; 1141 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1142 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1143 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1144 break; 1145 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1146 case BuiltinType::Short: 1147 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1148 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1149 break; 1150 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1151 case BuiltinType::Int: 1152 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1153 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1154 break; 1155 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1156 case BuiltinType::Long: 1157 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1158 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1159 break; 1160 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1161 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1162 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1163 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1164 break; 1165 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1166 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1167 Width = 128; 1168 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1169 break; 1170 case BuiltinType::Half: 1171 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1172 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1173 break; 1174 case BuiltinType::Float: 1175 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1176 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1177 break; 1178 case BuiltinType::Double: 1179 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1180 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1181 break; 1182 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1183 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1184 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1185 break; 1186 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1187 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1188 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1189 break; 1190 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1191 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1192 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1193 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1194 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1195 break; 1196 } 1197 break; 1198 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1199 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1200 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1201 break; 1202 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1203 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1204 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1205 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1206 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1207 break; 1208 } 1209 case Type::LValueReference: 1210 case Type::RValueReference: { 1211 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1212 // the pointer route. 1213 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1214 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1215 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1216 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1217 break; 1218 } 1219 case Type::Pointer: { 1220 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1221 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1222 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1223 break; 1224 } 1225 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1226 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1227 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo = 1228 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType()); 1229 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT); 1230 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second; 1231 break; 1232 } 1233 case Type::Complex: { 1234 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1235 // size. 1236 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1237 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1238 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1239 Align = EltInfo.second; 1240 break; 1241 } 1242 case Type::ObjCObject: 1243 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1244 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1245 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1246 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1247 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1248 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1249 break; 1250 } 1251 case Type::Record: 1252 case Type::Enum: { 1253 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1254 1255 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1256 Width = 8; 1257 Align = 8; 1258 break; 1259 } 1260 1261 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1262 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1263 1264 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1265 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1266 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1267 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1268 break; 1269 } 1270 1271 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1272 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1273 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1274 1275 case Type::Auto: { 1276 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1277 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1278 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1279 } 1280 1281 case Type::Paren: 1282 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1283 1284 case Type::Typedef: { 1285 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1286 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1287 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1288 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1289 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1290 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1291 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1292 Align = AttrAlign; 1293 else 1294 Align = Info.second; 1295 Width = Info.first; 1296 break; 1297 } 1298 1299 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1300 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1301 .getTypePtr()); 1302 1303 case Type::TypeOf: 1304 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1305 1306 case Type::Decltype: 1307 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1308 .getTypePtr()); 1309 1310 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1311 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1312 1313 case Type::Elaborated: 1314 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1315 1316 case Type::Attributed: 1317 return getTypeInfo( 1318 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1319 1320 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1321 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1322 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1323 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1324 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1325 // aligned attribute on it. 1326 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1327 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1328 else 1329 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1330 } 1331 1332 case Type::Atomic: { 1333 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1334 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1335 Width = Info.first; 1336 Align = Info.second; 1337 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth() && 1338 llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) { 1339 // We can potentially perform lock-free atomic operations for this 1340 // type; promote the alignment appropriately. 1341 // FIXME: We could potentially promote the width here as well... 1342 // is that worthwhile? (Non-struct atomic types generally have 1343 // power-of-two size anyway, but structs might not. Requires a bit 1344 // of implementation work to make sure we zero out the extra bits.) 1345 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1346 } 1347 } 1348 1349 } 1350 1351 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1352 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1353} 1354 1355/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1356CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1357 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1358} 1359 1360/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1361int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1362 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1363} 1364 1365/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1366/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1367CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1368 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1369} 1370CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1371 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1372} 1373 1374/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1375/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1376CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1377 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1378} 1379CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1380 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1381} 1382 1383/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1384/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1385/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1386/// a data type. 1387unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1388 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1389 1390 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1391 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1392 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1393 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1394 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1395 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1396 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1397 1398 return ABIAlign; 1399} 1400 1401/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1402/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1403/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1404/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1405/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1406/// 1407void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1408 bool leafClass, 1409 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1410 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1411 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1412 if (!leafClass) { 1413 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1414 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1415 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1416 } else { 1417 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1418 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1419 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1420 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1421 } 1422} 1423 1424/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1425/// those inherited by it. 1426void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1427 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1428 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1429 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1430 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1431 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1432 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1433 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1434 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1435 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1436 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1437 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1438 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1439 } 1440 } 1441 1442 // Categories of this Interface. 1443 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList(); 1444 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory()) 1445 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols); 1446 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1447 while (SD) { 1448 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1449 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1450 } 1451 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1452 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1453 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1454 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1455 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1456 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1457 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1458 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1459 } 1460 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1461 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1462 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1463 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1464 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1465 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1466 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1467 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1468 } 1469 } 1470} 1471 1472unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1473 unsigned count = 0; 1474 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1475 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl; 1476 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension()) 1477 count += CDecl->ivar_size(); 1478 1479 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1480 // includes synthesized ivars. 1481 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1482 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1483 1484 return count; 1485} 1486 1487bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1488 if (!E) 1489 return false; 1490 1491 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1492 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1493 1494 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1495 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1496 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1497 return true; 1498 1499 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1500 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1501 1502 return false; 1503} 1504 1505/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1506ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1507 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1508 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1509 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1510 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1511 return 0; 1512} 1513/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1514ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1515 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1516 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1517 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1518 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1519 return 0; 1520} 1521 1522/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1523void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1524 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1525 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1526 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1527} 1528/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1529void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1530 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1531 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1532 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1533} 1534 1535ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(NamedDecl *ND) const { 1536 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1537 return ID; 1538 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1539 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1540 if (ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1541 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1542 1543 return 0; 1544} 1545 1546/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1547/// none exists. 1548Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1549 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1550 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1551 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1552 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1553 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1554 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1555} 1556 1557/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1558void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1559 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1560 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1561 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1562 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1563} 1564 1565TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1566 unsigned DataSize) const { 1567 if (!DataSize) 1568 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1569 else 1570 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1571 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1572 1573 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1574 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1575 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1576 return TInfo; 1577} 1578 1579TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1580 SourceLocation L) const { 1581 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1582 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1583 return DI; 1584} 1585 1586const ASTRecordLayout & 1587ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1588 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1589} 1590 1591const ASTRecordLayout & 1592ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1593 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1594 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1595} 1596 1597//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1598// Type creation/memoization methods 1599//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1600 1601QualType 1602ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1603 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1604 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1605 1606 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1607 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1608 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1609 void *insertPos = 0; 1610 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1611 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1612 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1613 } 1614 1615 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1616 QualType canon; 1617 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1618 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1619 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1620 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1621 1622 // Re-find the insert position. 1623 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1624 } 1625 1626 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1627 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1628 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1629} 1630 1631QualType 1632ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1633 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1634 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1635 return T; 1636 1637 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1638 // into one ExtQuals node. 1639 QualifierCollector Quals; 1640 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1641 1642 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1643 // another one. 1644 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1645 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1646 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1647 1648 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1649} 1650 1651QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1652 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1653 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1654 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1655 return T; 1656 1657 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1658 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1659 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1660 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1661 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1662 } 1663 } 1664 1665 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1666 // into one ExtQuals node. 1667 QualifierCollector Quals; 1668 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1669 1670 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1671 // another one. 1672 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1673 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1674 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1675 1676 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1677} 1678 1679const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1680 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1681 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1682 return T; 1683 1684 QualType Result; 1685 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1686 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1687 } else { 1688 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1689 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1690 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1691 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1692 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 1693 } 1694 1695 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1696} 1697 1698/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1699/// number with the specified element type. 1700QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1701 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1702 // structure. 1703 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1704 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1705 1706 void *InsertPos = 0; 1707 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1708 return QualType(CT, 0); 1709 1710 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1711 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1712 QualType Canonical; 1713 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1714 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1715 1716 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1717 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1718 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1719 } 1720 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 1721 Types.push_back(New); 1722 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1723 return QualType(New, 0); 1724} 1725 1726/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 1727/// the specified type. 1728QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 1729 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1730 // structure. 1731 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1732 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1733 1734 void *InsertPos = 0; 1735 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1736 return QualType(PT, 0); 1737 1738 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 1739 // so fill in the canonical type field. 1740 QualType Canonical; 1741 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1742 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1743 1744 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1745 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1746 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1747 } 1748 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 1749 Types.push_back(New); 1750 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1751 return QualType(New, 0); 1752} 1753 1754/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 1755/// a pointer to the specified block. 1756QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 1757 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 1758 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 1759 // structure. 1760 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1761 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 1762 1763 void *InsertPos = 0; 1764 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 1765 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1766 return QualType(PT, 0); 1767 1768 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1769 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 1770 QualType Canonical; 1771 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 1772 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 1773 1774 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1775 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 1776 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1777 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1778 } 1779 BlockPointerType *New 1780 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 1781 Types.push_back(New); 1782 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1783 return QualType(New, 0); 1784} 1785 1786/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1787/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 1788QualType 1789ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 1790 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 1791 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 1792 1793 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1794 // structure. 1795 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1796 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 1797 1798 void *InsertPos = 0; 1799 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 1800 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1801 return QualType(RT, 0); 1802 1803 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1804 1805 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1806 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1807 QualType Canonical; 1808 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1809 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1810 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1811 1812 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1813 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1814 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1815 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1816 } 1817 1818 LValueReferenceType *New 1819 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 1820 SpelledAsLValue); 1821 Types.push_back(New); 1822 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1823 1824 return QualType(New, 0); 1825} 1826 1827/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 1828/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 1829QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 1830 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1831 // structure. 1832 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1833 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 1834 1835 void *InsertPos = 0; 1836 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 1837 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1838 return QualType(RT, 0); 1839 1840 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 1841 1842 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 1843 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1844 QualType Canonical; 1845 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 1846 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 1847 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 1848 1849 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1850 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 1851 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1852 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1853 } 1854 1855 RValueReferenceType *New 1856 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 1857 Types.push_back(New); 1858 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1859 return QualType(New, 0); 1860} 1861 1862/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 1863/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 1864QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 1865 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1866 // structure. 1867 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1868 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 1869 1870 void *InsertPos = 0; 1871 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 1872 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1873 return QualType(PT, 0); 1874 1875 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 1876 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1877 QualType Canonical; 1878 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1879 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 1880 1881 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1882 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 1883 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1884 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1885 } 1886 MemberPointerType *New 1887 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 1888 Types.push_back(New); 1889 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1890 return QualType(New, 0); 1891} 1892 1893/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 1894/// array of the specified element type. 1895QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 1896 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 1897 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 1898 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 1899 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 1900 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 1901 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 1902 1903 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 1904 // the target. 1905 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 1906 ArySize = 1907 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 1908 1909 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1910 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1911 1912 void *InsertPos = 0; 1913 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 1914 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 1915 return QualType(ATP, 0); 1916 1917 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 1918 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 1919 QualType Canon; 1920 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 1921 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 1922 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 1923 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1924 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 1925 1926 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 1927 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 1928 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 1929 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 1930 } 1931 1932 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 1933 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 1934 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 1935 Types.push_back(New); 1936 return QualType(New, 0); 1937} 1938 1939/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 1940/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 1941/// sizes replaced with [*]. 1942QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 1943 // Vastly most common case. 1944 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 1945 1946 QualType result; 1947 1948 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 1949 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 1950 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 1951#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1952#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1953#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1954#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1955 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 1956 1957 // These types should never be variably-modified. 1958 case Type::Builtin: 1959 case Type::Complex: 1960 case Type::Vector: 1961 case Type::ExtVector: 1962 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 1963 case Type::ObjCObject: 1964 case Type::ObjCInterface: 1965 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1966 case Type::Record: 1967 case Type::Enum: 1968 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 1969 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1970 case Type::TypeOf: 1971 case Type::Decltype: 1972 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1973 case Type::DependentName: 1974 case Type::InjectedClassName: 1975 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 1976 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 1977 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 1978 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 1979 case Type::Auto: 1980 case Type::PackExpansion: 1981 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 1982 1983 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 1984 // further decay. 1985 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1986 case Type::FunctionProto: 1987 case Type::BlockPointer: 1988 case Type::MemberPointer: 1989 return type; 1990 1991 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 1992 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 1993 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 1994 // optimizations available here. 1995 case Type::Pointer: 1996 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 1997 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 1998 break; 1999 2000 case Type::LValueReference: { 2001 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2002 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2003 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2004 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2005 break; 2006 } 2007 2008 case Type::RValueReference: { 2009 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2010 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2011 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2012 break; 2013 } 2014 2015 case Type::Atomic: { 2016 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2017 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2018 break; 2019 } 2020 2021 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2022 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2023 result = getConstantArrayType( 2024 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2025 cat->getSize(), 2026 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2027 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2028 break; 2029 } 2030 2031 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2032 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2033 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2034 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2035 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2036 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2037 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2038 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2039 break; 2040 } 2041 2042 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2043 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2044 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2045 result = getVariableArrayType( 2046 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2047 /*size*/ 0, 2048 ArrayType::Normal, 2049 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2050 SourceRange()); 2051 break; 2052 } 2053 2054 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2055 case Type::VariableArray: { 2056 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2057 result = getVariableArrayType( 2058 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2059 /*size*/ 0, 2060 ArrayType::Star, 2061 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2062 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2063 break; 2064 } 2065 } 2066 2067 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2068 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2069} 2070 2071/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2072/// variable array of the specified element type. 2073QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2074 Expr *NumElts, 2075 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2076 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2077 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2078 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2079 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2080 QualType Canon; 2081 2082 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2083 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2084 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2085 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2086 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2087 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2088 } 2089 2090 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2091 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2092 2093 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2094 Types.push_back(New); 2095 return QualType(New, 0); 2096} 2097 2098/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2099/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2100/// type. 2101QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2102 Expr *numElements, 2103 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2104 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2105 SourceRange brackets) const { 2106 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2107 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2108 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2109 2110 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2111 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2112 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2113 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2114 if (!numElements) { 2115 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2116 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2117 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2118 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2119 brackets); 2120 Types.push_back(newType); 2121 return QualType(newType, 0); 2122 } 2123 2124 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2125 // also build a canonical type. 2126 2127 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2128 2129 void *insertPos = 0; 2130 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2131 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2132 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2133 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2134 2135 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2136 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2137 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2138 2139 // If we don't have one, build one. 2140 if (!canonTy) { 2141 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2142 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2143 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2144 brackets); 2145 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2146 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2147 } 2148 2149 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2150 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2151 canonElementType.Quals); 2152 2153 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2154 // then just use that as our result. 2155 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2156 return canon; 2157 2158 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2159 // of the element type. 2160 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2161 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2162 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2163 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2164 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2165 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2166} 2167 2168QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2169 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2170 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2171 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2172 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2173 2174 void *insertPos = 0; 2175 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2176 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2177 return QualType(iat, 0); 2178 2179 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2180 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2181 // qualifiers off the element type. 2182 QualType canon; 2183 2184 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2185 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2186 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2187 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2188 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2189 2190 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2191 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2192 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2193 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2194 } 2195 2196 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2197 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2198 2199 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2200 Types.push_back(newType); 2201 return QualType(newType, 0); 2202} 2203 2204/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2205/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2206QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2207 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2208 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2209 2210 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2211 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2212 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2213 2214 void *InsertPos = 0; 2215 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2216 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2217 2218 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2219 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2220 QualType Canonical; 2221 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2222 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2223 2224 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2225 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2226 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2227 } 2228 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2229 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2230 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2231 Types.push_back(New); 2232 return QualType(New, 0); 2233} 2234 2235/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2236/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2237QualType 2238ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2239 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2240 2241 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2242 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2243 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2244 VectorType::GenericVector); 2245 void *InsertPos = 0; 2246 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2247 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2248 2249 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2250 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2251 QualType Canonical; 2252 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2253 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2254 2255 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2256 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2257 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2258 } 2259 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2260 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2261 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2262 Types.push_back(New); 2263 return QualType(New, 0); 2264} 2265 2266QualType 2267ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2268 Expr *SizeExpr, 2269 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2270 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2271 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2272 SizeExpr); 2273 2274 void *InsertPos = 0; 2275 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2276 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2277 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2278 if (Canon) { 2279 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2280 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2281 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2282 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2283 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2284 } else { 2285 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2286 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2287 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2288 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2289 AttrLoc); 2290 2291 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2292 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2293 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2294 (void)CanonCheck; 2295 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2296 } else { 2297 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2298 SourceLocation()); 2299 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2300 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2301 } 2302 } 2303 2304 Types.push_back(New); 2305 return QualType(New, 0); 2306} 2307 2308/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2309/// 2310QualType 2311ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2312 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2313 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2314 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2315 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2316 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2317 // structure. 2318 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2319 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2320 2321 void *InsertPos = 0; 2322 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2323 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2324 return QualType(FT, 0); 2325 2326 QualType Canonical; 2327 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2328 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2329 Canonical = 2330 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2331 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2332 2333 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2334 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2335 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2336 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2337 } 2338 2339 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2340 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2341 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2342 Types.push_back(New); 2343 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2344 return QualType(New, 0); 2345} 2346 2347/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2348/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2349QualType 2350ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, 2351 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs, 2352 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2353 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2354 // structure. 2355 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2356 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this); 2357 2358 void *InsertPos = 0; 2359 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2360 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2361 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2362 2363 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2364 bool isCanonical = 2365 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical() && 2366 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2367 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2368 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2369 isCanonical = false; 2370 2371 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2372 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2373 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2374 2375 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2376 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2377 QualType Canonical; 2378 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2379 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2380 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2381 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2382 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2383 2384 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2385 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2386 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2387 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2388 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2389 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2390 2391 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2392 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2393 CanonicalEPI); 2394 2395 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2396 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2397 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2398 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2399 } 2400 2401 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2402 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2403 // - parameter types 2404 // - exception types 2405 // - consumed-arguments flags 2406 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2407 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2408 // specification. 2409 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2410 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2411 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2412 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2413 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2414 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2415 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2416 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2417 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2418 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2419 } 2420 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2421 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2422 2423 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2424 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2425 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2426 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI); 2427 Types.push_back(FTP); 2428 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2429 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2430} 2431 2432#ifndef NDEBUG 2433static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2434 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2435 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2436 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2437 return true; 2438 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2439 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2440 return true; 2441 return false; 2442} 2443#endif 2444 2445/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2446/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2447QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2448 QualType TST) const { 2449 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2450 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2451 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2452 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2453 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2454 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2455 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2456 } else { 2457 Type *newType = 2458 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2459 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2460 Types.push_back(newType); 2461 } 2462 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2463} 2464 2465/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2466/// specified type declaration. 2467QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2468 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2469 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2470 2471 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2472 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2473 2474 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2475 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2476 2477 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2478 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2479 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2480 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2481 return getRecordType(Record); 2482 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2483 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2484 "enum has previous declaration"); 2485 return getEnumType(Enum); 2486 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2487 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2488 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2489 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2490 Types.push_back(newType); 2491 } else 2492 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2493 2494 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2495} 2496 2497/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2498/// specified typedef name decl. 2499QualType 2500ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2501 QualType Canonical) const { 2502 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2503 2504 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2505 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2506 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2507 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2508 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2509 Types.push_back(newType); 2510 return QualType(newType, 0); 2511} 2512 2513QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2514 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2515 2516 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2517 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2518 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2519 2520 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2521 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2522 Types.push_back(newType); 2523 return QualType(newType, 0); 2524} 2525 2526QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2527 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2528 2529 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2530 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2531 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2532 2533 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2534 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2535 Types.push_back(newType); 2536 return QualType(newType, 0); 2537} 2538 2539QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2540 QualType modifiedType, 2541 QualType equivalentType) { 2542 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2543 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2544 2545 void *insertPos = 0; 2546 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2547 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2548 2549 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2550 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2551 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2552 2553 Types.push_back(type); 2554 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2555 2556 return QualType(type, 0); 2557} 2558 2559 2560/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2561QualType 2562ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2563 QualType Replacement) const { 2564 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2565 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2566 2567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2568 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2569 void *InsertPos = 0; 2570 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2571 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2572 2573 if (!SubstParm) { 2574 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2575 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2576 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2577 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2578 } 2579 2580 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2581} 2582 2583/// \brief Retrieve a 2584QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2585 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2586 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2587#ifndef NDEBUG 2588 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2589 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2590 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2591 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2592 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2593 } 2594#endif 2595 2596 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2597 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2598 void *InsertPos = 0; 2599 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2600 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2601 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2602 2603 QualType Canon; 2604 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2605 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2606 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2607 ArgPack); 2608 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2609 } 2610 2611 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2612 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2613 ArgPack); 2614 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2615 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2616 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2617} 2618 2619/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2620/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2621/// name. 2622QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2623 bool ParameterPack, 2624 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2625 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2626 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2627 void *InsertPos = 0; 2628 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2629 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2630 2631 if (TypeParm) 2632 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2633 2634 if (TTPDecl) { 2635 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2636 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2637 2638 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2639 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2640 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2641 (void)TypeCheck; 2642 } else 2643 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2644 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2645 2646 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2647 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2648 2649 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2650} 2651 2652TypeSourceInfo * 2653ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2654 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2655 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2656 QualType Underlying) const { 2657 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2658 "No dependent template names here!"); 2659 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2660 2661 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2662 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL 2663 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc()); 2664 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2665 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2666 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2667 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2668 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2669 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2670 return DI; 2671} 2672 2673QualType 2674ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2675 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2676 QualType Underlying) const { 2677 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2678 "No dependent template names here!"); 2679 2680 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2681 2682 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2683 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2684 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2685 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2686 2687 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2688 Underlying); 2689} 2690 2691#ifndef NDEBUG 2692static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 2693 unsigned NumArgs) { 2694 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2695 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 2696 return true; 2697 2698 return true; 2699} 2700#endif 2701 2702QualType 2703ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2704 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2705 unsigned NumArgs, 2706 QualType Underlying) const { 2707 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2708 "No dependent template names here!"); 2709 // Look through qualified template names. 2710 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2711 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2712 2713 bool IsTypeAlias = 2714 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 2715 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 2716 QualType CanonType; 2717 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 2718 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 2719 else { 2720 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 2721 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 2722 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 2723 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 2724 IsTypeAlias = false; 2725 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 2726 NumArgs); 2727 } 2728 2729 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 2730 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 2731 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 2732 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2733 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 2734 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 2735 TypeAlignment); 2736 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2737 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 2738 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 2739 2740 Types.push_back(Spec); 2741 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2742} 2743 2744QualType 2745ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2746 const TemplateArgument *Args, 2747 unsigned NumArgs) const { 2748 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2749 "No dependent template names here!"); 2750 2751 // Look through qualified template names. 2752 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 2753 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 2754 2755 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 2756 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 2757 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 2758 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2759 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 2760 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 2761 2762 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 2763 // exists. 2764 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2765 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 2766 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 2767 2768 void *InsertPos = 0; 2769 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 2770 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2771 2772 if (!Spec) { 2773 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 2774 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 2775 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2776 TypeAlignment); 2777 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 2778 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 2779 QualType(), QualType()); 2780 Types.push_back(Spec); 2781 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 2782 } 2783 2784 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 2785 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 2786 return QualType(Spec, 0); 2787} 2788 2789QualType 2790ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2791 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2792 QualType NamedType) const { 2793 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2794 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 2795 2796 void *InsertPos = 0; 2797 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2798 if (T) 2799 return QualType(T, 0); 2800 2801 QualType Canon = NamedType; 2802 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2803 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 2804 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2805 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 2806 (void)CheckT; 2807 } 2808 2809 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 2810 Types.push_back(T); 2811 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2812 return QualType(T, 0); 2813} 2814 2815QualType 2816ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 2817 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2818 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 2819 2820 void *InsertPos = 0; 2821 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2822 if (T) 2823 return QualType(T, 0); 2824 2825 QualType Canon = InnerType; 2826 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 2827 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 2828 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2829 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 2830 (void)CheckT; 2831 } 2832 2833 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 2834 Types.push_back(T); 2835 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2836 return QualType(T, 0); 2837} 2838 2839QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2840 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2841 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2842 QualType Canon) const { 2843 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2844 2845 if (Canon.isNull()) { 2846 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2847 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2848 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 2849 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2850 2851 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 2852 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 2853 } 2854 2855 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2856 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 2857 2858 void *InsertPos = 0; 2859 DependentNameType *T 2860 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2861 if (T) 2862 return QualType(T, 0); 2863 2864 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 2865 Types.push_back(T); 2866 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2867 return QualType(T, 0); 2868} 2869 2870QualType 2871ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2872 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2873 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2874 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2875 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 2876 // TODO: avoid this copy 2877 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 2878 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 2879 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 2880 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 2881 ArgCopy.size(), 2882 ArgCopy.data()); 2883} 2884 2885QualType 2886ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 2887 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 2888 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 2889 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 2890 unsigned NumArgs, 2891 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 2892 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 2893 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 2894 2895 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2896 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 2897 Name, NumArgs, Args); 2898 2899 void *InsertPos = 0; 2900 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 2901 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2902 if (T) 2903 return QualType(T, 0); 2904 2905 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 2906 2907 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 2908 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 2909 2910 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 2911 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 2912 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 2913 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 2914 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 2915 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 2916 } 2917 2918 QualType Canon; 2919 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 2920 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 2921 Name, NumArgs, 2922 CanonArgs.data()); 2923 2924 // Find the insert position again. 2925 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2926 } 2927 2928 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 2929 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 2930 TypeAlignment); 2931 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 2932 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 2933 Types.push_back(T); 2934 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2935 return QualType(T, 0); 2936} 2937 2938QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 2939 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 2940 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2941 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 2942 2943 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 2944 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 2945 void *InsertPos = 0; 2946 PackExpansionType *T 2947 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2948 if (T) 2949 return QualType(T, 0); 2950 2951 QualType Canon; 2952 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 2953 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 2954 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 2955 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 2956 // parameters. 2957 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 2958 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 2959 2960 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 2961 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 2962 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2963 } 2964 } 2965 2966 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 2967 Types.push_back(T); 2968 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 2969 return QualType(T, 0); 2970} 2971 2972/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 2973/// alphabetically. 2974static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 2975 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 2976 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 2977} 2978 2979static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 2980 unsigned NumProtocols) { 2981 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 2982 2983 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 2984 return false; 2985 2986 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 2987 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 2988 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 2989 return false; 2990 return true; 2991} 2992 2993static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 2994 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 2995 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 2996 2997 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 2998 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 2999 3000 // Canonicalize. 3001 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3002 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3003 3004 // Remove duplicates. 3005 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3006 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3007} 3008 3009QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3010 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3011 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3012 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3013 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3014 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3015 return BaseType; 3016 3017 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3018 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3019 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3020 void *InsertPos = 0; 3021 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3022 return QualType(QT, 0); 3023 3024 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3025 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3026 QualType Canonical; 3027 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3028 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3029 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3030 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3031 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3032 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3033 3034 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3035 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3036 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3037 } else { 3038 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3039 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3040 } 3041 3042 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3043 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3044 } 3045 3046 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3047 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3048 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3049 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3050 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3051 3052 Types.push_back(T); 3053 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3054 return QualType(T, 0); 3055} 3056 3057/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3058/// the given object type. 3059QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3060 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3061 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3062 3063 void *InsertPos = 0; 3064 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3065 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3066 return QualType(QT, 0); 3067 3068 // Find the canonical object type. 3069 QualType Canonical; 3070 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3071 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3072 3073 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3074 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3075 } 3076 3077 // No match. 3078 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3079 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3080 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3081 3082 Types.push_back(QType); 3083 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3084 return QualType(QType, 0); 3085} 3086 3087/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3088/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3089QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3090 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3091 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3092 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3093 3094 if (PrevDecl) { 3095 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3096 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3097 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3098 } 3099 3100 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3101 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3102 Decl = Def; 3103 3104 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3105 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3106 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3107 Types.push_back(T); 3108 return QualType(T, 0); 3109} 3110 3111/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3112/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3113/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3114/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3115/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3116QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3117 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3118 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3119 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3120 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3121 3122 void *InsertPos = 0; 3123 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3124 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3125 if (Canon) { 3126 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3127 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3128 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3129 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3130 } else { 3131 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3132 Canon 3133 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3134 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3135 toe = Canon; 3136 } 3137 } else { 3138 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3139 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3140 } 3141 Types.push_back(toe); 3142 return QualType(toe, 0); 3143} 3144 3145/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3146/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3147/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3148/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3149/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3150QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3151 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3152 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3153 Types.push_back(tot); 3154 return QualType(tot, 0); 3155} 3156 3157 3158/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3159/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3160/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3161/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3162/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3163QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3164 DecltypeType *dt; 3165 3166 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3167 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3168 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3169 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3170 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3171 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3172 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3173 3174 void *InsertPos = 0; 3175 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3176 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3177 if (Canon) { 3178 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3179 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3180 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy, 3181 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3182 } else { 3183 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3184 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3185 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3186 dt = Canon; 3187 } 3188 } else { 3189 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3190 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3191 } 3192 Types.push_back(dt); 3193 return QualType(dt, 0); 3194} 3195 3196/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3197/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3198QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3199 QualType UnderlyingType, 3200 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3201 const { 3202 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3203 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3204 Kind, 3205 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3206 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3207 Types.push_back(Ty); 3208 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3209} 3210 3211/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3212QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3213 void *InsertPos = 0; 3214 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3215 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3216 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3217 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3218 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3219 return QualType(AT, 0); 3220 } 3221 3222 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3223 Types.push_back(AT); 3224 if (InsertPos) 3225 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3226 return QualType(AT, 0); 3227} 3228 3229/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3230/// the given value type. 3231QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3232 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3233 // structure. 3234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3235 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3236 3237 void *InsertPos = 0; 3238 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3239 return QualType(AT, 0); 3240 3241 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3242 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3243 QualType Canonical; 3244 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3245 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3246 3247 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3248 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3249 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3250 } 3251 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3252 Types.push_back(New); 3253 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3254 return QualType(New, 0); 3255} 3256 3257/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3258QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3259 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3260 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3261 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3262 return AutoDeductTy; 3263} 3264 3265/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3266QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3267 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3268 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3269 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3270 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3271} 3272 3273/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3274/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3275QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3276 assert (Decl); 3277 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3278 // away const? mutable? 3279 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3280} 3281 3282/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3283/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3284/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3285CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3286 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3287} 3288 3289/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3290CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3291 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3292} 3293 3294/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3295CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3296 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3297} 3298 3299/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3300/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3301QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3302 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3303 return WCharTy; 3304} 3305 3306/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3307/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3308QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3309 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3310 return UnsignedIntTy; 3311} 3312 3313/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3314/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3315QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3316 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3317} 3318 3319//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3320// Type Operators 3321//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3322 3323CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3324 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3325 // qualifiers. 3326 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3327 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3328 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3329 QualType Result; 3330 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3331 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3332 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3333 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3334 } else { 3335 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3336 } 3337 3338 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3339} 3340 3341QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3342 Qualifiers &quals) { 3343 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3344 3345 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3346 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3347 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3348 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3349 const ArrayType *AT = 3350 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3351 3352 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3353 if (!AT) { 3354 quals = splitType.Quals; 3355 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3356 } 3357 3358 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3359 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3360 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3361 3362 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3363 // can just use the results in splitType. 3364 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3365 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3366 quals = splitType.Quals; 3367 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3368 } 3369 3370 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3371 // build the type back up. 3372 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3373 3374 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3375 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3376 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3377 } 3378 3379 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3380 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3381 } 3382 3383 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3384 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3385 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3386 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3387 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3388 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3389 } 3390 3391 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3392 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3393 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3394 SourceRange()); 3395} 3396 3397/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3398/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3399/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3400/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3401/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3402/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3403/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3404/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3405bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3406 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3407 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3408 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3409 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3410 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3411 return true; 3412 } 3413 3414 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3415 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3416 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3417 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3418 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3419 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3420 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3421 return true; 3422 } 3423 3424 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3425 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3426 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3427 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3428 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3429 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3430 return true; 3431 } 3432 } 3433 3434 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3435 3436 return false; 3437} 3438 3439DeclarationNameInfo 3440ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3441 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3442 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3443 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3444 case TemplateName::Template: 3445 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3446 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3447 NameLoc); 3448 3449 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3450 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3451 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3452 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3453 } 3454 3455 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3456 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3457 DeclarationName DName; 3458 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3459 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3460 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3461 } else { 3462 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3463 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3464 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3465 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3466 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3467 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3468 } 3469 } 3470 3471 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3472 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3473 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3474 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3475 NameLoc); 3476 } 3477 3478 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3479 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3480 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3481 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3482 NameLoc); 3483 } 3484 } 3485 3486 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3487} 3488 3489TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3490 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3491 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3492 case TemplateName::Template: { 3493 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3494 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3495 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3496 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3497 3498 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3499 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3500 } 3501 3502 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3503 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3504 3505 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3506 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3507 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3508 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3509 } 3510 3511 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3512 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3513 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3514 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3515 } 3516 3517 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3518 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3519 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3520 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3521 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3522 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3523 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3524 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3525 } 3526 } 3527 3528 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3529} 3530 3531bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3532 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3533 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3534 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3535} 3536 3537TemplateArgument 3538ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3539 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3540 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3541 return Arg; 3542 3543 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3544 return Arg; 3545 3546 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3547 if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) 3548 return TemplateArgument(D->getCanonicalDecl()); 3549 return TemplateArgument((Decl*)0); 3550 } 3551 3552 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3553 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3554 3555 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3556 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3557 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3558 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3559 3560 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3561 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3562 3563 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3564 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3565 3566 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3567 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3568 return Arg; 3569 3570 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3571 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3572 unsigned Idx = 0; 3573 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3574 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3575 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3576 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3577 3578 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3579 } 3580 } 3581 3582 // Silence GCC warning 3583 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3584} 3585 3586NestedNameSpecifier * 3587ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3588 if (!NNS) 3589 return 0; 3590 3591 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3592 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3593 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3594 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3595 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3596 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3597 3598 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3599 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3600 // this namespace and no prefix. 3601 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3602 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3603 3604 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3605 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3606 // this namespace and no prefix. 3607 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3608 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3609 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3610 3611 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3612 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3613 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3614 3615 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3616 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3617 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3618 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3619 // types, e.g., 3620 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3621 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3622 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3623 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3624 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3625 3626 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3627 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3628 // first place? 3629 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3630 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3631 } 3632 3633 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3634 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3635 return NNS; 3636 } 3637 3638 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3639} 3640 3641 3642const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3643 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3644 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3645 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3646 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3647 return AT; 3648 } 3649 3650 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3651 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3652 return 0; 3653 3654 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3655 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3656 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3657 3658 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3659 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3660 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3661 3662 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3663 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3664 3665 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3666 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3667 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3668 return ATy; 3669 3670 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3671 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3672 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3673 3674 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3675 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 3676 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 3677 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3678 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 3679 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 3680 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 3681 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 3682 3683 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 3684 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 3685 return cast<ArrayType>( 3686 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 3687 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3688 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 3689 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3690 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 3691 3692 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 3693 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 3694 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3695 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3696 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3697 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 3698} 3699 3700QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 3701 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 3702 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 3703 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 3704 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 3705 // the array type derivation. 3706 if (T->isArrayType()) 3707 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 3708 3709 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 3710 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 3711 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 3712 // in 6.3.2.1. 3713 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3714 return getPointerType(T); 3715 3716 return T; 3717} 3718 3719QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 3720 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3721 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 3722 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 3723} 3724 3725/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 3726/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 3727/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 3728/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 3729/// 3730/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 3731QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 3732 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 3733 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 3734 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 3735 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 3736 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 3737 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 3738 3739 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 3740 3741 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 3742 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 3743} 3744 3745QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 3746 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 3747} 3748 3749QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 3750 Qualifiers qs; 3751 while (true) { 3752 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3753 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 3754 if (!array) break; 3755 3756 type = array->getElementType(); 3757 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 3758 } 3759 3760 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 3761} 3762 3763/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 3764uint64_t 3765ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 3766 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 3767 do { 3768 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 3769 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType()); 3770 } while (CA); 3771 return ElementCount; 3772} 3773 3774/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 3775/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 3776static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 3777 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 3778 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 3779 3780 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3781 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 3782 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 3783 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 3784 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 3785 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 3786 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 3787 } 3788} 3789 3790/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 3791/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 3792/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 3793/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 3794QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 3795 QualType Domain) const { 3796 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 3797 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 3798 switch (EltRank) { 3799 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 3800 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 3801 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 3802 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 3803 } 3804 } 3805 3806 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 3807 switch (EltRank) { 3808 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Half ranks are not valid here"); 3809 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 3810 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 3811 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 3812 } 3813 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 3814} 3815 3816/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 3817/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 3818/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3819/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3820int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3821 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 3822 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 3823 3824 if (LHSR == RHSR) 3825 return 0; 3826 if (LHSR > RHSR) 3827 return 1; 3828 return -1; 3829} 3830 3831/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 3832/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 3833/// or if it is not canonicalized. 3834unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 3835 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 3836 3837 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 3838 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 3839 case BuiltinType::Bool: 3840 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 3841 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 3842 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 3843 case BuiltinType::SChar: 3844 case BuiltinType::UChar: 3845 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 3846 case BuiltinType::Short: 3847 case BuiltinType::UShort: 3848 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 3849 case BuiltinType::Int: 3850 case BuiltinType::UInt: 3851 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 3852 case BuiltinType::Long: 3853 case BuiltinType::ULong: 3854 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 3855 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 3856 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 3857 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 3858 case BuiltinType::Int128: 3859 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 3860 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 3861 } 3862} 3863 3864/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 3865/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 3866/// 3867/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 3868/// promotion occurs. 3869QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 3870 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 3871 return QualType(); 3872 3873 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 3874 if (!Field) 3875 return QualType(); 3876 3877 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 3878 3879 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 3880 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3881 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 3882 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 3883 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 3884 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 3885 return IntTy; 3886 3887 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 3888 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3889 3890 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 3891 // like the base type. 3892 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 3893 // is ridiculous. 3894 return QualType(); 3895} 3896 3897/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 3898/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 3899/// integer type. 3900QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 3901 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 3902 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 3903 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 3904 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 3905 3906 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3907 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 3908 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 3909 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 3910 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 3911 // unsigned long long int [...] 3912 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 3913 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 3914 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 3915 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 3916 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 3917 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 3918 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 3919 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 3920 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 3921 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 3922 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 3923 if (FromSize < ToSize || 3924 (FromSize == ToSize && 3925 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 3926 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 3927 } 3928 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 3929 } 3930 } 3931 3932 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 3933 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 3934 return IntTy; 3935 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable); 3936 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 3937 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 3938 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 3939} 3940 3941/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 3942/// type and returns its ownership. 3943Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 3944 while (!T.isNull()) { 3945 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 3946 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 3947 if (T->isArrayType()) 3948 T = getBaseElementType(T); 3949 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3950 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 3951 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 3952 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 3953 else 3954 break; 3955 } 3956 3957 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 3958} 3959 3960/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 3961/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 3962/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 3963int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 3964 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 3965 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 3966 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 3967 3968 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3969 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3970 3971 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 3972 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 3973 3974 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 3975 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 3976 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 3977 } 3978 3979 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 3980 if (LHSUnsigned) { 3981 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 3982 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 3983 return 1; 3984 3985 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3986 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3987 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3988 return -1; 3989 } 3990 3991 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 3992 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 3993 return -1; 3994 3995 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 3996 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 3997 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 3998 return 1; 3999} 4000 4001static RecordDecl * 4002CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4003 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4004 SourceLocation Loc; 4005 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4006 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4007 else 4008 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4009} 4010 4011// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4012QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4013 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4014 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4015 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4016 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4017 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4018 4019 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4020 4021 // const int *isa; 4022 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4023 // int flags; 4024 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4025 // const char *str; 4026 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4027 // long length; 4028 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4029 4030 // Create fields 4031 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4032 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4033 SourceLocation(), 4034 SourceLocation(), 0, 4035 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4036 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4037 /*Mutable=*/false, 4038 ICIS_NoInit); 4039 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4040 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4041 } 4042 4043 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4044 } 4045 4046 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4047} 4048 4049void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4050 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4051 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4052 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4053} 4054 4055QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4056 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4057 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4058 4059 RecordDecl *T; 4060 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4061 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4062 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4063 T->startDefinition(); 4064 4065 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4066 UnsignedLongTy, 4067 UnsignedLongTy, 4068 }; 4069 4070 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4071 "reserved", 4072 "Size" 4073 }; 4074 4075 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4076 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4077 SourceLocation(), 4078 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4079 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4080 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4081 /*Mutable=*/false, 4082 ICIS_NoInit); 4083 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4084 T->addDecl(Field); 4085 } 4086 4087 T->completeDefinition(); 4088 4089 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4090 4091 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4092} 4093 4094QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4095 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4096 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4097 4098 RecordDecl *T; 4099 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4100 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4101 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4102 T->startDefinition(); 4103 4104 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4105 UnsignedLongTy, 4106 UnsignedLongTy, 4107 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4108 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4109 }; 4110 4111 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4112 "reserved", 4113 "Size", 4114 "CopyFuncPtr", 4115 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4116 }; 4117 4118 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4119 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4120 SourceLocation(), 4121 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4122 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4123 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4124 /*Mutable=*/false, 4125 ICIS_NoInit); 4126 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4127 T->addDecl(Field); 4128 } 4129 4130 T->completeDefinition(); 4131 4132 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4133 4134 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4135} 4136 4137bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const { 4138 if (Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) 4139 return true; 4140 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4141 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4142 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4143 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(); 4144 4145 } 4146 } 4147 return false; 4148} 4149 4150QualType 4151ASTContext::BuildByRefType(StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const { 4152 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X { 4153 // void *__isa; 4154 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding; 4155 // unsigned int __flags; 4156 // unsigned int __size; 4157 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed 4158 // void *__destroy_help // as needed 4159 // int X; 4160 // } * 4161 4162 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty); 4163 4164 // FIXME: Move up 4165 SmallString<36> Name; 4166 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" << 4167 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName; 4168 RecordDecl *T; 4169 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str())); 4170 T->startDefinition(); 4171 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy; 4172 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported"); 4173 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4174 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4175 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)), 4176 Int32Ty, 4177 Int32Ty, 4178 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4179 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4180 Ty 4181 }; 4182 4183 StringRef FieldNames[] = { 4184 "__isa", 4185 "__forwarding", 4186 "__flags", 4187 "__size", 4188 "__copy_helper", 4189 "__destroy_helper", 4190 DeclName, 4191 }; 4192 4193 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) { 4194 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5) 4195 continue; 4196 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4197 SourceLocation(), 4198 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4199 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4200 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 4201 ICIS_NoInit); 4202 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4203 T->addDecl(Field); 4204 } 4205 4206 T->completeDefinition(); 4207 4208 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)); 4209} 4210 4211TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4212 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4213 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4214 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4215 SourceLocation(), 4216 SourceLocation(), 4217 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4218 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4219 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4220} 4221 4222// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4223// typedef <type> BOOL; 4224static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4225 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4226 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4227 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4228 4229 return false; 4230} 4231 4232/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4233/// purpose. 4234CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4235 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4236 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4237 4238 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4239 4240 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4241 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4242 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4243 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4244 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4245 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4246 return sz; 4247} 4248 4249static inline 4250std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4251 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4252} 4253 4254/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4255/// declaration. 4256std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4257 std::string S; 4258 4259 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4260 QualType BlockTy = 4261 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4262 // Encode result type. 4263 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S); 4264 // Compute size of all parameters. 4265 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4266 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4267 SourceLocation Loc; 4268 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4269 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4270 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4271 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4272 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4273 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4274 if (sz.isZero()) 4275 continue; 4276 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4277 ParmOffset += sz; 4278 } 4279 // Size of the argument frame 4280 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4281 // Block pointer and offset. 4282 S += "@?0"; 4283 4284 // Argument types. 4285 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4286 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4287 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4288 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4289 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4290 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4291 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4292 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4293 // elements. 4294 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4295 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4296 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4297 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4298 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4299 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4300 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4301 } 4302 4303 return S; 4304} 4305 4306bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4307 std::string& S) { 4308 // Encode result type. 4309 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4310 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4311 // Compute size of all parameters. 4312 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4313 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4314 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4315 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4316 if (sz.isZero()) 4317 continue; 4318 4319 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4320 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4321 ParmOffset += sz; 4322 } 4323 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4324 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4325 4326 // Argument types. 4327 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4328 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4329 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4330 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4331 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4332 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4333 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4334 // elements. 4335 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4336 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4337 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4338 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4339 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4340 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4341 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4342 } 4343 4344 return false; 4345} 4346 4347/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4348/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4349/// block object types. 4350void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4351 QualType T, std::string& S, 4352 bool Extended) const { 4353 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4354 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4355 // Encode parameter type. 4356 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4357 true /*OutermostType*/, 4358 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4359 false /*StructField*/, 4360 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4361 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4362} 4363 4364/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4365/// declaration. 4366bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4367 std::string& S, 4368 bool Extended) const { 4369 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4370 // Encode return type. 4371 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4372 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4373 // Compute size of all parameters. 4374 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4375 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4376 SourceLocation Loc; 4377 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4378 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4379 // their size. 4380 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4381 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4382 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4383 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4384 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4385 if (sz.isZero()) 4386 continue; 4387 4388 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4389 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4390 ParmOffset += sz; 4391 } 4392 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4393 S += "@0:"; 4394 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4395 4396 // Argument types. 4397 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4398 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4399 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4400 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4401 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4402 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4403 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4404 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4405 // elements. 4406 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4407 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4408 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4409 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4410 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4411 PType, S, Extended); 4412 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4413 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4414 } 4415 4416 return false; 4417} 4418 4419/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4420/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4421/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4422/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4423/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4424/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4425/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4426/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4427/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4428/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4429/// @code 4430/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4431/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4432/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4433/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4434/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4435/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4436/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4437/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4438/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4439/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4440/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4441/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4442/// }; 4443/// @endcode 4444void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4445 const Decl *Container, 4446 std::string& S) const { 4447 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4448 bool Dynamic = false; 4449 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4450 4451 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4452 if (Container) { 4453 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4454 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4455 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4456 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4457 i != e; ++i) { 4458 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4459 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4460 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4461 Dynamic = true; 4462 } else { 4463 SynthesizePID = PID; 4464 } 4465 } 4466 } 4467 } else { 4468 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4469 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4470 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4471 i != e; ++i) { 4472 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4473 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4474 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4475 Dynamic = true; 4476 } else { 4477 SynthesizePID = PID; 4478 } 4479 } 4480 } 4481 } 4482 } 4483 4484 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4485 S = "T"; 4486 4487 // Encode result type. 4488 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4489 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4490 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4491 true /* outermost type */, 4492 true /* encoding for property */); 4493 4494 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4495 S += ",R"; 4496 } else { 4497 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4498 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4499 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4500 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4501 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4502 } 4503 } 4504 4505 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4506 // are "dynamic by default". 4507 if (Dynamic) 4508 S += ",D"; 4509 4510 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4511 S += ",N"; 4512 4513 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4514 S += ",G"; 4515 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4516 } 4517 4518 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4519 S += ",S"; 4520 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4521 } 4522 4523 if (SynthesizePID) { 4524 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4525 S += ",V"; 4526 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4527 } 4528 4529 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4530} 4531 4532/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4533/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4534/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4535/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4536/// 4537void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4538 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4539 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4540 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4541 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4542 else 4543 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4544 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4545 } 4546 } 4547} 4548 4549void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4550 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4551 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4552 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4553 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4554 // same type. 4555 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4556 true /* outermost type */); 4557} 4558 4559static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) { 4560 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4561 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled builtin type kind"); 4562 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4563 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4564 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4565 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4566 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4567 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4568 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4569 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4570 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4571 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4572 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4573 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4574 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4575 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4576 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4577 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4578 case BuiltinType::Long: 4579 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4580 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4581 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4582 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4583 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4584 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4585 } 4586} 4587 4588static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4589 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4590 4591 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4592 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4593 return 'i'; 4594 4595 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4596 return ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, Enum->getIntegerType()); 4597} 4598 4599static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4600 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4601 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4602 S += 'b'; 4603 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4604 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4605 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4606 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4607 // 4608 // struct 4609 // { 4610 // int integer; 4611 // int flags:2; 4612 // }; 4613 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4614 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4615 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4616 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4617 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4618 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4619 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4620 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4621 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4622 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4623 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4624 else 4625 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T); 4626 } 4627 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4628} 4629 4630// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4631void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4632 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 4633 bool ExpandStructures, 4634 const FieldDecl *FD, 4635 bool OutermostType, 4636 bool EncodingProperty, 4637 bool StructField, 4638 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 4639 bool EncodeClassNames) const { 4640 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4641 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4642 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4643 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T); 4644 return; 4645 } 4646 4647 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 4648 S += 'j'; 4649 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 4650 false); 4651 return; 4652 } 4653 4654 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types. 4655 QualType PointeeTy; 4656 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 4657 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 4658 S += ':'; 4659 return; 4660 } 4661 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 4662 } 4663 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4664 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType(); 4665 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) { 4666 bool isReadOnly = false; 4667 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 4668 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 4669 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 4670 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 4671 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 4672 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 4673 isReadOnly = true; 4674 S += 'r'; 4675 } 4676 } else if (OutermostType) { 4677 QualType P = PointeeTy; 4678 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 4679 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4680 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 4681 isReadOnly = true; 4682 S += 'r'; 4683 } 4684 } 4685 if (isReadOnly) { 4686 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 4687 // combinations need to be rearranged. 4688 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 4689 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 4690 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 4691 } 4692 4693 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 4694 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 4695 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 4696 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 4697 S += '*'; 4698 return; 4699 } 4700 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4701 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 4702 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 4703 S += '#'; 4704 return; 4705 } 4706 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 4707 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 4708 S += '@'; 4709 return; 4710 } 4711 // fall through... 4712 } 4713 S += '^'; 4714 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 4715 4716 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4717 NULL); 4718 return; 4719 } 4720 4721 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4722 // Ignore type qualifiers etc. 4723 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4724 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 4725 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 4726 S += '^'; 4727 4728 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4729 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4730 } else { 4731 S += '['; 4732 4733 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 4734 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 4735 S += '0'; 4736 else 4737 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 4738 } else { 4739 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 4740 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 4741 "Unknown array type!"); 4742 S += '0'; 4743 } 4744 4745 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 4746 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 4747 S += ']'; 4748 } 4749 return; 4750 } 4751 4752 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) { 4753 S += '?'; 4754 return; 4755 } 4756 4757 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 4758 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl(); 4759 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 4760 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 4761 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 4762 S += II->getName(); 4763 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 4764 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 4765 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 4766 std::string TemplateArgsStr 4767 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList( 4768 TemplateArgs.data(), 4769 TemplateArgs.size(), 4770 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 4771 4772 S += TemplateArgsStr; 4773 } 4774 } else { 4775 S += '?'; 4776 } 4777 if (ExpandStructures) { 4778 S += '='; 4779 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 4780 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 4781 } else { 4782 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4783 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4784 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 4785 if (FD) { 4786 S += '"'; 4787 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 4788 S += '"'; 4789 } 4790 4791 // Special case bit-fields. 4792 if (Field->isBitField()) { 4793 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 4794 *Field); 4795 } else { 4796 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 4797 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 4798 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 4799 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 4800 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 4801 /*StructField*/true); 4802 } 4803 } 4804 } 4805 } 4806 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 4807 return; 4808 } 4809 4810 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) { 4811 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 4812 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 4813 else 4814 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, ET); 4815 return; 4816 } 4817 4818 if (const BlockPointerType *BT = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { 4819 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 4820 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 4821 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4822 4823 S += '<'; 4824 // Block return type 4825 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 4826 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 4827 FD, 4828 false /* OutermostType */, 4829 EncodingProperty, 4830 false /* StructField */, 4831 EncodeBlockParameters, 4832 EncodeClassNames); 4833 // Block self 4834 S += "@?"; 4835 // Block parameters 4836 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 4837 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4838 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 4839 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 4840 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4841 ExpandStructures, 4842 FD, 4843 false /* OutermostType */, 4844 EncodingProperty, 4845 false /* StructField */, 4846 EncodeBlockParameters, 4847 EncodeClassNames); 4848 } 4849 } 4850 S += '>'; 4851 } 4852 return; 4853 } 4854 4855 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 4856 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) 4857 T = OT->getBaseType(); 4858 4859 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) { 4860 // @encode(class_name) 4861 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 4862 S += '{'; 4863 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 4864 S += II->getName(); 4865 S += '='; 4866 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 4867 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 4868 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 4869 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 4870 if (Field->isBitField()) 4871 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 4872 else 4873 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD); 4874 } 4875 S += '}'; 4876 return; 4877 } 4878 4879 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { 4880 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 4881 S += '@'; 4882 return; 4883 } 4884 4885 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 4886 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 4887 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 4888 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 4889 S += '#'; 4890 return; 4891 } 4892 4893 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 4894 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 4895 ExpandPointedToStructures, 4896 ExpandStructures, FD); 4897 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 4898 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 4899 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 4900 S += '"'; 4901 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4902 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4903 S += '<'; 4904 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4905 S += '>'; 4906 } 4907 S += '"'; 4908 } 4909 return; 4910 } 4911 4912 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 4913 if (!EncodingProperty && 4914 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4915 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 4916 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 4917 // {...}; 4918 S += '^'; 4919 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 4920 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 4921 NULL); 4922 return; 4923 } 4924 4925 S += '@'; 4926 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 4927 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 4928 S += '"'; 4929 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4930 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 4931 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4932 S += '<'; 4933 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 4934 S += '>'; 4935 } 4936 S += '"'; 4937 } 4938 return; 4939 } 4940 4941 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 4942 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these 4943 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 4944 return; 4945 4946 if (T->isVectorType()) { 4947 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 4948 // insufficient. 4949 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 4950 return; 4951 } 4952 4953 llvm_unreachable("@encode for type not implemented!"); 4954} 4955 4956void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 4957 std::string &S, 4958 const FieldDecl *FD, 4959 bool includeVBases) const { 4960 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 4961 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 4962 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 4963 return; 4964 4965 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 4966 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 4967 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 4968 4969 if (CXXRec) { 4970 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 4971 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 4972 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 4973 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 4974 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4975 if (base->isEmpty()) 4976 continue; 4977 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 4978 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4979 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 4980 } 4981 } 4982 } 4983 4984 unsigned i = 0; 4985 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 4986 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 4987 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 4988 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 4989 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 4990 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 4991 } 4992 4993 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 4994 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 4995 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 4996 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 4997 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4998 if (base->isEmpty()) 4999 continue; 5000 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5001 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5002 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5003 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5004 } 5005 } 5006 5007 CharUnits size; 5008 if (CXXRec) { 5009 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5010 } else { 5011 size = layout.getSize(); 5012 } 5013 5014 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5015 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5016 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5017 5018 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5019 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5020 if (FD) { 5021 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5022 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5023 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5024 S += recname; 5025 S += '"'; 5026 } 5027 S += "^^?"; 5028 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5029 } 5030 5031 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5032 // Mark the end of the structure. 5033 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5034 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5035 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5036 } 5037 5038 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5039 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5040 5041 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5042 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5043 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5044 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5045 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5046 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5047 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5048 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5049 // longer then though. 5050 CurOffs += padding; 5051 } 5052 5053 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5054 if (dcl == 0) 5055 break; // reached end of structure. 5056 5057 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5058 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5059 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5060 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5061 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5062 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5063 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5064 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5065 } else { 5066 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5067 if (FD) { 5068 S += '"'; 5069 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5070 S += '"'; 5071 } 5072 5073 if (field->isBitField()) { 5074 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5075 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5076 } else { 5077 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5078 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5079 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5080 /*OutermostType*/false, 5081 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5082 /*StructField*/true); 5083 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5084 } 5085 } 5086 } 5087} 5088 5089void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5090 std::string& S) const { 5091 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5092 S += 'n'; 5093 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5094 S += 'N'; 5095 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5096 S += 'o'; 5097 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5098 S += 'O'; 5099 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5100 S += 'R'; 5101 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5102 S += 'V'; 5103} 5104 5105TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5106 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5107 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5108 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5109 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5110 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5111 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5112 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5113 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5114 } 5115 5116 return ObjCIdDecl; 5117} 5118 5119TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5120 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5121 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5122 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5123 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5124 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5125 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5126 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5127 } 5128 return ObjCSelDecl; 5129} 5130 5131TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5132 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5133 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5134 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5135 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5136 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5137 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5138 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5139 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5140 } 5141 5142 return ObjCClassDecl; 5143} 5144 5145ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5146 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5147 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5148 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5149 SourceLocation(), 5150 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5151 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5152 SourceLocation(), true); 5153 } 5154 5155 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5156} 5157 5158//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5159// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5160//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5161 5162static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5163 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5164 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5165 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5166 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5167 5168 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5169 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5170 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5171 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5172 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5173 TInfo); 5174 return VaListTypeDecl; 5175} 5176 5177static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5178 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5179 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5180 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5181 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5182 5183 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5184 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5185 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5186 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5187 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5188 TInfo); 5189 return VaListTypeDecl; 5190} 5191 5192static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5193 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5194 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5195 5196 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5197 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5198 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5199 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5200 5201 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5202 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5203 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5204 5205 // unsigned char gpr; 5206 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5207 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5208 5209 // unsigned char fpr; 5210 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5211 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5212 5213 // unsigned short reserved; 5214 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5215 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5216 5217 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5218 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5219 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5220 5221 // void* reg_save_area; 5222 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5223 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5224 5225 // Create fields 5226 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5227 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5228 SourceLocation(), 5229 SourceLocation(), 5230 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5231 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5232 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5233 /*Mutable=*/false, 5234 ICIS_NoInit); 5235 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5236 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5237 } 5238 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5239 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5240 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5241 5242 // } __va_list_tag; 5243 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5244 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5245 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5246 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5247 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5248 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5249 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5250 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5251 5252 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5253 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5254 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5255 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5256 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5258 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5259 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5260 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5261 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5262 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5263 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5264 TInfo); 5265 5266 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5267} 5268 5269static TypedefDecl * 5270CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5271 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5272 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5273 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5274 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5275 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5276 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5277 5278 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5279 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5280 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5281 5282 // unsigned gp_offset; 5283 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5284 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5285 5286 // unsigned fp_offset; 5287 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5288 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5289 5290 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5291 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5292 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5293 5294 // void* reg_save_area; 5295 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5296 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5297 5298 // Create fields 5299 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5300 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5301 VaListTagDecl, 5302 SourceLocation(), 5303 SourceLocation(), 5304 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5305 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5306 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5307 /*Mutable=*/false, 5308 ICIS_NoInit); 5309 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5310 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5311 } 5312 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5313 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5314 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5315 5316 // } __va_list_tag; 5317 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5318 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5319 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5320 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5321 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5322 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5323 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5324 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5325 5326 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5327 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5328 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5329 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5330 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5331 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5332 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5333 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5334 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5335 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5336 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5337 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5338 TInfo); 5339 5340 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5341} 5342 5343static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5344 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5345 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5346 QualType IntArrayType 5347 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5348 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5349 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5350 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5351 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5352 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5353 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5354 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5355 5356 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5357} 5358 5359static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5360 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5361 switch (Kind) { 5362 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5363 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5364 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5365 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5366 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5367 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5368 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5369 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5370 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5371 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5372 } 5373 5374 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5375} 5376 5377TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5378 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5379 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5380 5381 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5382} 5383 5384QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5385 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5386 // declaration. 5387 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5388 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5389 5390 return VaListTagTy; 5391} 5392 5393void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5394 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5395 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5396 5397 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5398} 5399 5400/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5401/// lookup. 5402TemplateName 5403ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5404 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5405 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5406 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5407 5408 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5409 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5410 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5411 5412 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5413 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5414 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5415 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5416 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5417 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5418 *Storage++ = D; 5419 } 5420 5421 return TemplateName(OT); 5422} 5423 5424/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5425/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5426TemplateName 5427ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5428 bool TemplateKeyword, 5429 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5430 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5431 5432 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5433 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5434 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5435 5436 void *InsertPos = 0; 5437 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5438 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5439 if (!QTN) { 5440 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5441 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5442 } 5443 5444 return TemplateName(QTN); 5445} 5446 5447/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5448/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5449TemplateName 5450ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5451 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5452 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5453 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5454 5455 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5456 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5457 5458 void *InsertPos = 0; 5459 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 5460 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5461 5462 if (QTN) 5463 return TemplateName(QTN); 5464 5465 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5466 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5467 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 5468 } else { 5469 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 5470 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 5471 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 5472 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5473 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 5474 (void)CheckQTN; 5475 } 5476 5477 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5478 return TemplateName(QTN); 5479} 5480 5481/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5482/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 5483TemplateName 5484ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5485 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 5486 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5487 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5488 5489 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5490 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 5491 5492 void *InsertPos = 0; 5493 DependentTemplateName *QTN 5494 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5495 5496 if (QTN) 5497 return TemplateName(QTN); 5498 5499 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 5500 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 5501 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 5502 } else { 5503 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 5504 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 5505 5506 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 5507 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5508 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 5509 (void)CheckQTN; 5510 } 5511 5512 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5513 return TemplateName(QTN); 5514} 5515 5516TemplateName 5517ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 5518 TemplateName replacement) const { 5519 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5520 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 5521 5522 void *insertPos = 0; 5523 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 5524 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 5525 5526 if (!subst) { 5527 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 5528 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 5529 } 5530 5531 return TemplateName(subst); 5532} 5533 5534TemplateName 5535ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5536 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 5537 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 5538 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5539 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 5540 5541 void *InsertPos = 0; 5542 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 5543 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5544 5545 if (!Subst) { 5546 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 5547 ArgPack.pack_size(), 5548 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 5549 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 5550 } 5551 5552 return TemplateName(Subst); 5553} 5554 5555/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 5556/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 5557/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 5558CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 5559 switch (Type) { 5560 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 5561 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 5562 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 5563 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 5564 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 5565 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 5566 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 5567 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 5568 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 5569 } 5570 5571 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 5572} 5573 5574//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5575// Type Predicates. 5576//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5577 5578/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 5579/// garbage collection attribute. 5580/// 5581Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 5582 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 5583 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 5584 5585 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 5586 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 5587 5588 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 5589 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 5590 // as __strong. 5591 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 5592 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 5593 return Qualifiers::Strong; 5594 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 5595 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 5596 } else { 5597 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 5598 // pointer. 5599#ifndef NDEBUG 5600 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 5601 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 5602 CT = AT->getElementType(); 5603 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 5604#endif 5605 } 5606 return GCAttrs; 5607} 5608 5609//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5610// Type Compatibility Testing 5611//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5612 5613/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 5614/// compatible. 5615static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 5616 const VectorType *RHS) { 5617 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 5618 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 5619 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 5620} 5621 5622bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 5623 QualType SecondVec) { 5624 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 5625 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 5626 5627 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 5628 return true; 5629 5630 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 5631 // equivalent GCC vector types. 5632 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5633 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 5634 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 5635 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 5636 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5637 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 5638 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 5639 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 5640 return true; 5641 5642 return false; 5643} 5644 5645//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5646// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 5647//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5648 5649/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 5650/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 5651bool 5652ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 5653 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 5654 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 5655 return true; 5656 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 5657 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 5658 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 5659 return true; 5660 return false; 5661} 5662 5663/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...> 5664/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 5665/// otherwise. 5666bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 5667 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5668 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 5669 return false; 5670} 5671 5672/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and 5673/// Class<p1, ...>. 5674bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 5675 QualType rhs) { 5676 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5677 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5678 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 5679 5680 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5681 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5682 bool match = false; 5683 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5684 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5685 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5686 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5687 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 5688 match = true; 5689 break; 5690 } 5691 } 5692 if (!match) 5693 return false; 5694 } 5695 return true; 5696} 5697 5698/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 5699/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 5700bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 5701 bool compare) { 5702 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 5703 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5704 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 5705 return true; 5706 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 5707 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 5708 return true; 5709 5710 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5711 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5712 5713 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 5714 5715 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 5716 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 5717 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5718 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5719 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5720 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5721 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5722 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5723 // through its super class and categories. 5724 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 5725 return false; 5726 } 5727 } 5728 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 5729 return true; 5730 } 5731 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5732 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5733 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5734 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5735 bool match = false; 5736 5737 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5738 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5739 // through its super class and categories. 5740 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5741 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5742 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5743 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5744 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5745 match = true; 5746 break; 5747 } 5748 } 5749 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 5750 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 5751 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5752 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 5753 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5754 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 5755 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5756 // through its super class and categories. 5757 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 5758 match = true; 5759 break; 5760 } 5761 } 5762 } 5763 if (!match) 5764 return false; 5765 } 5766 5767 return true; 5768 } 5769 5770 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5771 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 5772 5773 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 5774 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 5775 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 5776 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 5777 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5778 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 5779 bool match = false; 5780 5781 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 5782 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 5783 // through its super class and categories. 5784 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 5785 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5786 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5787 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5788 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5789 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5790 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5791 match = true; 5792 break; 5793 } 5794 } 5795 if (!match) 5796 return false; 5797 } 5798 5799 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 5800 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 5801 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 5802 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5803 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 5804 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 5805 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 5806 // assume that it is mismatch. 5807 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 5808 return false; 5809 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5810 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5811 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5812 bool match = false; 5813 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 5814 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 5815 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 5816 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 5817 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 5818 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 5819 match = true; 5820 break; 5821 } 5822 } 5823 if (!match) 5824 return false; 5825 } 5826 } 5827 return true; 5828 } 5829 return false; 5830} 5831 5832/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 5833/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 5834/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 5835/// 5836bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5837 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 5838 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5839 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5840 5841 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 5842 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 5843 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 5844 return true; 5845 5846 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 5847 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5848 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5849 false); 5850 5851 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 5852 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5853 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 5854 5855 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 5856 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 5857 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 5858 5859 return false; 5860} 5861 5862/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 5863/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 5864/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 5865/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 5866/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 5867bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 5868 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5869 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5870 bool BlockReturnType) { 5871 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 5872 return true; 5873 5874 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 5875 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 5876 } 5877 5878 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 5879 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 5880 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 5881 false); 5882 5883 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5884 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 5885 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 5886 if (LHS != RHS) { 5887 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 5888 return BlockReturnType; 5889 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 5890 return !BlockReturnType; 5891 } 5892 else 5893 return true; 5894 } 5895 return false; 5896} 5897 5898/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 5899/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 5900/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 5901/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 5902static 5903void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 5904 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 5905 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 5906 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 5907 5908 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5909 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 5910 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 5911 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 5912 5913 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 5914 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 5915 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 5916 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 5917 else { 5918 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 5919 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 5920 LHSInheritedProtocols); 5921 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5922 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 5923 } 5924 5925 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 5926 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 5927 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 5928 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 5929 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 5930 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 5931 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 5932 } else { 5933 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 5934 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 5935 RHSInheritedProtocols); 5936 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 5937 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 5938 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 5939 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 5940 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 5941 } 5942} 5943 5944/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 5945/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 5946/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 5947/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 5948QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 5949 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 5950 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 5951 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 5952 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 5953 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 5954 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 5955 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 5956 return QualType(); 5957 5958 do { 5959 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 5960 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 5961 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 5962 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 5963 5964 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 5965 if (!Protocols.empty()) 5966 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 5967 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 5968 return Result; 5969 } 5970 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 5971 5972 return QualType(); 5973} 5974 5975bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 5976 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 5977 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 5978 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 5979 5980 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 5981 // the LHS. 5982 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 5983 return false; 5984 5985 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 5986 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 5987 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 5988 return true; 5989 5990 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 5991 // more detailed analysis is required. 5992 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 5993 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 5994 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 5995 // false otherwise. 5996 bool IsSuperClass = 5997 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 5998 if (IsSuperClass) { 5999 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6000 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6001 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6002 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6003 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6004 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6005 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6006 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6007 return false; 6008 6009 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6010 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6011 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6012 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6013 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6014 6015 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6016 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6017 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6018 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6019 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6020 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6021 break; 6022 } 6023 } 6024 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6025 return false; 6026 } 6027 return true; 6028 } 6029 return false; 6030 } 6031 6032 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6033 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6034 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6035 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6036 6037 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6038 // are incompatible. 6039 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6040 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6041 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6042 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6043 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6044 break; 6045 } 6046 } 6047 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6048 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6049 return false; 6050 } 6051 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6052 return true; 6053} 6054 6055bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6056 // get the "pointed to" types 6057 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6058 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6059 6060 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6061 return false; 6062 6063 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6064 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6065} 6066 6067bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6068 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6069 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6070 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6071} 6072 6073/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6074/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6075/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6076/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6077bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6078 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6079 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6080 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6081 6082 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6083} 6084 6085bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6086 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6087} 6088 6089bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6090 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6091} 6092 6093/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6094/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6095/// QualType() 6096QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6097 bool OfBlockPointer, 6098 bool Unqualified) { 6099 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6100 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6101 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6102 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6103 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6104 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6105 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6106 if (!MT.isNull()) 6107 return MT; 6108 } 6109 } 6110 } 6111 6112 return QualType(); 6113} 6114 6115/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6116/// argument types 6117QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6118 bool OfBlockPointer, 6119 bool Unqualified) { 6120 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6121 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6122 // type is compatible with a union member 6123 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6124 Unqualified); 6125 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6126 return lmerge; 6127 6128 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6129 Unqualified); 6130 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6131 return rmerge; 6132 6133 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6134} 6135 6136QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6137 bool OfBlockPointer, 6138 bool Unqualified) { 6139 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6140 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6141 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6142 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6143 bool allLTypes = true; 6144 bool allRTypes = true; 6145 6146 // Check return type 6147 QualType retType; 6148 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6149 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6150 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6151 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6152 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6153 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6154 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6155 } 6156 else 6157 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6158 Unqualified); 6159 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6160 6161 if (Unqualified) 6162 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6163 6164 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6165 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6166 if (Unqualified) { 6167 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6168 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6169 } 6170 6171 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6172 allLTypes = false; 6173 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6174 allRTypes = false; 6175 6176 // FIXME: double check this 6177 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6178 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6179 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6180 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6181 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6182 6183 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6184 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6185 return QualType(); 6186 6187 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6188 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6189 return QualType(); 6190 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6191 return QualType(); 6192 6193 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6194 return QualType(); 6195 6196 // functypes which return are preferred over those that do not. 6197 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && !rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6198 allLTypes = false; 6199 else if (!lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() && rbaseInfo.getNoReturn()) 6200 allRTypes = false; 6201 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6202 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6203 6204 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6205 6206 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6207 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6208 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6209 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6210 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6211 6212 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6213 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6214 return QualType(); 6215 6216 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6217 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6218 return QualType(); 6219 6220 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6221 return QualType(); 6222 6223 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6224 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6225 return QualType(); 6226 6227 // Check argument compatibility 6228 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6229 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6230 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6231 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6232 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6233 OfBlockPointer, 6234 Unqualified); 6235 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6236 6237 if (Unqualified) 6238 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6239 6240 types.push_back(argtype); 6241 if (Unqualified) { 6242 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6243 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6244 } 6245 6246 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6247 allLTypes = false; 6248 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6249 allRTypes = false; 6250 } 6251 6252 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6253 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6254 6255 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6256 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6257 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI); 6258 } 6259 6260 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6261 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6262 6263 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6264 if (proto) { 6265 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6266 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6267 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6268 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6269 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6270 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6271 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6272 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6273 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6274 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6275 6276 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used 6277 // to pass enum values. 6278 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) 6279 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 6280 6281 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6282 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6283 return QualType(); 6284 } 6285 6286 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6287 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6288 6289 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6290 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6291 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(), 6292 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6293 } 6294 6295 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6296 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6297 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6298} 6299 6300QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6301 bool OfBlockPointer, 6302 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6303 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6304 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6305 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6306 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6307 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6308 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6309 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6310 6311 if (Unqualified) { 6312 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6313 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6314 } 6315 6316 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6317 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6318 6319 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6320 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6321 return LHS; 6322 6323 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6324 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6325 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6326 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6327 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6328 // mismatch. 6329 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6330 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6331 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6332 return QualType(); 6333 6334 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6335 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6336 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6337 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6338 // qualified __strong. 6339 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6340 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6341 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6342 6343 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6344 return QualType(); 6345 6346 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6347 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6348 } 6349 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6350 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6351 } 6352 return QualType(); 6353 } 6354 6355 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6356 6357 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6358 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6359 6360 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6361 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6362 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6363 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6364 6365 // Same as above for arrays 6366 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6367 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6368 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6369 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6370 6371 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6372 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6373 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6374 6375 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6376 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6377 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6378 6379 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6380 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6381 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6382 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6383 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6384 // type. 6385 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6386 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6387 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6388 return RHS; 6389 } 6390 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6391 QualType TINT = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6392 if (!TINT.isNull() && hasSameType(TINT, LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())) 6393 return LHS; 6394 } 6395 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6396 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6397 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6398 return LHS; 6399 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6400 return RHS; 6401 } 6402 6403 return QualType(); 6404 } 6405 6406 // The canonical type classes match. 6407 switch (LHSClass) { 6408#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6409#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6410#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6411#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6412#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6413#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6414 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6415 6416 case Type::LValueReference: 6417 case Type::RValueReference: 6418 case Type::MemberPointer: 6419 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6420 6421 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6422 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6423 case Type::VariableArray: 6424 case Type::FunctionProto: 6425 case Type::ExtVector: 6426 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6427 6428 case Type::Pointer: 6429 { 6430 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6431 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6432 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6433 if (Unqualified) { 6434 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6435 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6436 } 6437 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 6438 Unqualified); 6439 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6440 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6441 return LHS; 6442 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6443 return RHS; 6444 return getPointerType(ResultType); 6445 } 6446 case Type::BlockPointer: 6447 { 6448 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6449 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6450 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6451 if (Unqualified) { 6452 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6453 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 6454 } 6455 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 6456 Unqualified); 6457 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6458 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6459 return LHS; 6460 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6461 return RHS; 6462 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 6463 } 6464 case Type::Atomic: 6465 { 6466 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6467 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6468 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 6469 if (Unqualified) { 6470 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6471 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 6472 } 6473 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 6474 Unqualified); 6475 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6476 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6477 return LHS; 6478 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6479 return RHS; 6480 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 6481 } 6482 case Type::ConstantArray: 6483 { 6484 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 6485 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 6486 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 6487 return QualType(); 6488 6489 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 6490 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 6491 if (Unqualified) { 6492 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6493 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 6494 } 6495 6496 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 6497 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6498 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6499 return LHS; 6500 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6501 return RHS; 6502 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 6503 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6504 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 6505 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6506 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 6507 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 6508 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6509 return LHS; 6510 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 6511 return RHS; 6512 if (LVAT) { 6513 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6514 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 6515 // has to be different. 6516 return LHS; 6517 } 6518 if (RVAT) { 6519 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 6520 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 6521 // has to be different. 6522 return RHS; 6523 } 6524 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 6525 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 6526 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 6527 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 6528 } 6529 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 6530 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6531 case Type::Record: 6532 case Type::Enum: 6533 return QualType(); 6534 case Type::Builtin: 6535 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 6536 return QualType(); 6537 case Type::Complex: 6538 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 6539 return QualType(); 6540 case Type::Vector: 6541 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 6542 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 6543 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 6544 return LHS; 6545 return QualType(); 6546 case Type::ObjCObject: { 6547 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 6548 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 6549 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 6550 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6551 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 6552 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 6553 return LHS; 6554 6555 return QualType(); 6556 } 6557 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 6558 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6559 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6560 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6561 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6562 BlockReturnType)) 6563 return LHS; 6564 return QualType(); 6565 } 6566 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6567 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 6568 return LHS; 6569 6570 return QualType(); 6571 } 6572 } 6573 6574 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 6575} 6576 6577bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 6578 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 6579 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 6580 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 6581 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 6582 return false; 6583 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 6584 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6585 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 6586 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 6587 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 6588 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 6589 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 6590 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 6591 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 6592 return false; 6593 } 6594 return true; 6595} 6596 6597/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 6598/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 6599/// return types. 6600QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6601 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6602 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6603 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6604 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6605 return LHS; 6606 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 6607 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 6608 return QualType(); 6609 QualType OldReturnType = 6610 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6611 QualType NewReturnType = 6612 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 6613 QualType ResReturnType = 6614 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 6615 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 6616 return QualType(); 6617 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 6618 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 6619 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 6620 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6621 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 6622 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6623 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 6624 QualType ResultType 6625 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 6626 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 6627 return ResultType; 6628 } 6629 } 6630 return QualType(); 6631 } 6632 6633 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 6634 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6635 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6636 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6637 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 6638 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6639 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 6640 return QualType(); 6641 6642 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6643 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6644 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6645 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6646 // qualified __strong. 6647 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6648 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6649 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6650 6651 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6652 return QualType(); 6653 6654 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 6655 return LHS; 6656 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 6657 return RHS; 6658 return QualType(); 6659 } 6660 6661 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6662 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6663 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6664 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 6665 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 6666 return LHS; 6667 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 6668 return RHS; 6669 } 6670 return QualType(); 6671} 6672 6673//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6674// Integer Predicates 6675//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6676 6677unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 6678 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 6679 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6680 if (T->isBooleanType()) 6681 return 1; 6682 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 6683 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 6684} 6685 6686QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) { 6687 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 6688 6689 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 6690 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 6691 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 6692 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 6693 6694 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 6695 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 6696 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6697 6698 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 6699 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 6700 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 6701 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 6702 case BuiltinType::SChar: 6703 return UnsignedCharTy; 6704 case BuiltinType::Short: 6705 return UnsignedShortTy; 6706 case BuiltinType::Int: 6707 return UnsignedIntTy; 6708 case BuiltinType::Long: 6709 return UnsignedLongTy; 6710 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 6711 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6712 case BuiltinType::Int128: 6713 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 6714 default: 6715 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 6716 } 6717} 6718 6719ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 6720 6721 6722//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6723// Builtin Type Computation 6724//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6725 6726/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 6727/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 6728/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 6729/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 6730/// a vector of "i*". 6731/// 6732/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 6733/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 6734static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 6735 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6736 bool &RequiresICE, 6737 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 6738 // Modifiers. 6739 int HowLong = 0; 6740 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 6741 RequiresICE = false; 6742 6743 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 6744 bool Done = false; 6745 while (!Done) { 6746 switch (*Str++) { 6747 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6748 case 'I': 6749 RequiresICE = true; 6750 break; 6751 case 'S': 6752 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6753 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6754 Signed = true; 6755 break; 6756 case 'U': 6757 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 6758 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 6759 Unsigned = true; 6760 break; 6761 case 'L': 6762 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 6763 ++HowLong; 6764 break; 6765 } 6766 } 6767 6768 QualType Type; 6769 6770 // Read the base type. 6771 switch (*Str++) { 6772 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 6773 case 'v': 6774 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6775 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 6776 Type = Context.VoidTy; 6777 break; 6778 case 'f': 6779 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6780 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 6781 Type = Context.FloatTy; 6782 break; 6783 case 'd': 6784 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 6785 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 6786 if (HowLong) 6787 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 6788 else 6789 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 6790 break; 6791 case 's': 6792 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 6793 if (Unsigned) 6794 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 6795 else 6796 Type = Context.ShortTy; 6797 break; 6798 case 'i': 6799 if (HowLong == 3) 6800 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 6801 else if (HowLong == 2) 6802 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 6803 else if (HowLong == 1) 6804 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 6805 else 6806 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 6807 break; 6808 case 'c': 6809 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 6810 if (Signed) 6811 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 6812 else if (Unsigned) 6813 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 6814 else 6815 Type = Context.CharTy; 6816 break; 6817 case 'b': // boolean 6818 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 6819 Type = Context.BoolTy; 6820 break; 6821 case 'z': // size_t. 6822 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 6823 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 6824 break; 6825 case 'F': 6826 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 6827 break; 6828 case 'G': 6829 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 6830 break; 6831 case 'H': 6832 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 6833 break; 6834 case 'a': 6835 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6836 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6837 break; 6838 case 'A': 6839 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 6840 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 6841 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 6842 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 6843 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 6844 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 6845 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 6846 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 6847 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 6848 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 6849 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6850 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 6851 else 6852 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6853 break; 6854 case 'V': { 6855 char *End; 6856 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6857 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6858 Str = End; 6859 6860 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 6861 RequiresICE, false); 6862 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 6863 6864 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 6865 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 6866 VectorType::GenericVector); 6867 break; 6868 } 6869 case 'E': { 6870 char *End; 6871 6872 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6873 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 6874 6875 Str = End; 6876 6877 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6878 false); 6879 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 6880 break; 6881 } 6882 case 'X': { 6883 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 6884 false); 6885 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 6886 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 6887 break; 6888 } 6889 case 'Y' : { 6890 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 6891 break; 6892 } 6893 case 'P': 6894 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 6895 if (Type.isNull()) { 6896 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 6897 return QualType(); 6898 } 6899 break; 6900 case 'J': 6901 if (Signed) 6902 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 6903 else 6904 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 6905 6906 if (Type.isNull()) { 6907 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 6908 return QualType(); 6909 } 6910 break; 6911 case 'K': 6912 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 6913 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 6914 6915 if (Type.isNull()) { 6916 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 6917 return QualType(); 6918 } 6919 break; 6920 } 6921 6922 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 6923 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 6924 while (!Done) { 6925 switch (char c = *Str++) { 6926 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 6927 case '*': 6928 case '&': { 6929 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 6930 // qualified with an address space. 6931 char *End; 6932 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 6933 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 6934 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 6935 Str = End; 6936 } 6937 if (c == '*') 6938 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 6939 else 6940 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 6941 break; 6942 } 6943 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 6944 case 'C': 6945 Type = Type.withConst(); 6946 break; 6947 case 'D': 6948 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 6949 break; 6950 case 'R': 6951 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 6952 break; 6953 } 6954 } 6955 6956 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 6957 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 6958 6959 return Type; 6960} 6961 6962/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 6963QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 6964 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 6965 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 6966 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 6967 6968 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 6969 6970 bool RequiresICE = false; 6971 Error = GE_None; 6972 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 6973 RequiresICE, true); 6974 if (Error != GE_None) 6975 return QualType(); 6976 6977 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 6978 6979 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 6980 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 6981 if (Error != GE_None) 6982 return QualType(); 6983 6984 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 6985 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 6986 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 6987 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 6988 6989 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 6990 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 6991 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 6992 6993 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 6994 } 6995 6996 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 6997 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 6998 6999 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7000 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7001 7002 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7003 7004 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7005 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7006 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7007 7008 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7009 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7010 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7011 7012 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI); 7013} 7014 7015GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7016 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7017 7018 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7019 switch (L) { 7020 case NoLinkage: 7021 case InternalLinkage: 7022 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7023 return GVA_Internal; 7024 7025 case ExternalLinkage: 7026 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7027 case TSK_Undeclared: 7028 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7029 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7030 break; 7031 7032 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7033 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7034 7035 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7036 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7037 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7038 break; 7039 } 7040 } 7041 7042 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7043 return External; 7044 7045 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7046 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7047 // externally visible. 7048 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7049 return External; 7050 7051 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7052 return GVA_C99Inline; 7053 } 7054 7055 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7056 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7057 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7058 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7059 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7060 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7061 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7062 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7063 return GVA_C99Inline; 7064 7065 return GVA_CXXInline; 7066} 7067 7068GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7069 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7070 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7071 // template. 7072 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7073 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7074 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7075 7076 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7077 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7078 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage) 7079 L = UniqueExternalLinkage; 7080 7081 switch (L) { 7082 case NoLinkage: 7083 case InternalLinkage: 7084 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7085 return GVA_Internal; 7086 7087 case ExternalLinkage: 7088 switch (TSK) { 7089 case TSK_Undeclared: 7090 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7091 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7092 7093 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7094 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7095 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7096 7097 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7098 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7099 7100 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7101 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7102 } 7103 } 7104 7105 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7106} 7107 7108bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7109 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7110 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7111 return false; 7112 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) 7113 return false; 7114 7115 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7116 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7117 return false; 7118 7119 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7120 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7121 return true; 7122 7123 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7124 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7125 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7126 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7127 7128 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7129 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7130 return true; 7131 7132 // The key function for a class is required. 7133 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7134 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7135 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7136 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD); 7137 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7138 return true; 7139 } 7140 } 7141 7142 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7143 7144 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7145 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7146 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7147 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7148 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7149 return false; 7150 return true; 7151 } 7152 7153 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7154 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7155 7156 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7157 return false; 7158 7159 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required. 7160 7161 // FIXME: Handle references. 7162 // FIXME: Be more selective about which constructors we care about. 7163 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7164 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) { 7165 if (RD->hasDefinition() && !(RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 7166 RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 7167 RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && 7168 RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) 7169 return true; 7170 } 7171 } 7172 7173 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7174 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) { 7175 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this))) 7176 return false; 7177 } 7178 7179 return true; 7180} 7181 7182CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7183 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7184 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7185} 7186 7187CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7188 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && getTargetInfo().getCXXABI() != CXXABI_Microsoft) 7189 return CC_Default; 7190 return CC; 7191} 7192 7193bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7194 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7195 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7196} 7197 7198MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7199 switch (Target->getCXXABI()) { 7200 case CXXABI_ARM: 7201 case CXXABI_Itanium: 7202 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7203 case CXXABI_Microsoft: 7204 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7205 } 7206 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7207} 7208 7209CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7210 7211size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7212 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7213 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7214 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7215 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7216 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7217 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7218 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7219 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7220 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7221 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7222 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7223 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7224 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7225 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7226} 7227 7228unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7229 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7230 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7231 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7232} 7233 7234 7235void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7236 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7237} 7238 7239unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7240 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7241 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7242 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7243 return I->second; 7244} 7245